blob: 121ed6a8aba88d9ae407e016a11655ccb4e3fc1c [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000025#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
26#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000031using namespace clang;
32
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000033
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000034/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
35/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
36///
37/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
38/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
39/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
40/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
41/// function is being used.
42///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000043/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
44/// decls.
45///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000046/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
47/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000048///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000049bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000050 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000052 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000053 }
54
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000055 // See if the decl is unavailable
56 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
57 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
58 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
59 }
60
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000061 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000062 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000063 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
64 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
65 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
66 return true;
67 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000068 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071}
72
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000073/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000074/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000075/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
76///
77void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000078 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000079 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000080 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
83 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000084
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000085 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
86 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000087 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000088 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
89 int isMethod = 0;
90 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
91 // skip over named parameters.
92 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
93 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
94 if (nullPos)
95 --nullPos;
96 else
97 ++i;
98 }
99 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
100 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000101 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102 // skip over named parameters.
103 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
104 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
105 if (nullPos)
106 --nullPos;
107 else
108 ++i;
109 }
110 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000111 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000112 // block or function pointer call.
113 QualType Ty = V->getType();
114 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000115 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000116 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
117 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000118 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
119 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
120 unsigned k;
121 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
122 if (nullPos)
123 --nullPos;
124 else
125 ++i;
126 }
127 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
128 }
129 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
130 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000131 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000133 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000134 return;
135
136 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000137 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000138 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000139 return;
140 }
141 int sentinel = i;
142 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
143 --sentinelPos;
144 ++i;
145 }
146 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
147 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000148 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000149 return;
150 }
151 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
152 ++i;
153 ++sentinel;
154 }
155 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000156 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
157 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
158 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
159 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 }
163 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000164}
165
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000166SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
167 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
168 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
169}
170
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172// Standard Promotions and Conversions
173//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
174
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000175/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
176void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
177 QualType Ty = E->getType();
178 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
179
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000180 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000181 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000182 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000183 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
184 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
185 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
186 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
187 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
188 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
189 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000190 //
191 // C++ 4.2p1:
192 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
193 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
194 //
195 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
196 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
198 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000199 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200}
201
202/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000203/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000204/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
205/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
206/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
207Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
208 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
209 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000211 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
212 //
213 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
214 // unsigned int may be used:
215 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
216 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
217 // and unsigned int.
218 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
219 //
220 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
221 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
222 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
223 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000224 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
225 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000226 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000227 return Expr;
228 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000230 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000231 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000232 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000233 }
234
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000235 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 return Expr;
237}
238
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000239/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000240/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000241/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
242void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
243 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
244 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000245
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000246 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000247 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000248 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
250 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000252 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
253}
254
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000255/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
256/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
257/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
258/// completely illegal.
259bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000260 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000262 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
263 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
264 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
265 << Expr->getType() << CT))
266 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000267
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
269 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
270 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
271 << Expr->getType() << CT))
272 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000273
274 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000275}
276
277
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
279/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000281/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
282/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
283/// GCC.
284QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
285 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000287 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000288
289 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000290
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000291 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000292 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000293 QualType lhs =
294 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000296 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000297
298 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
299 if (lhs == rhs)
300 return lhs;
301
302 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
303 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
304 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
305 return lhs;
306
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000308 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000309 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
310 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000311 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000312 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
313 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
314
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000315 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000316 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000317 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
318 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000319 return destType;
320}
321
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
324//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
325
326
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000327/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000328/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
329/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
330/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
331/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000332///
333Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000334Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000335 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
336
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000337 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000338 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000339 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000340
341 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
342 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
343 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000344
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000346 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000347 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000348
349 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
350 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
351 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000352
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000353 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
354 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
355 // strings.
356 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000357 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000358 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000360 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000361 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000362 Literal.GetStringLength(),
363 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
364 &StringTokLocs[0],
365 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000366}
367
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000368/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
369/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
370/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
371/// for values inside the block or for globals).
372///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000373/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
374/// up-to-date.
375///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000376static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
377 ValueDecl *VD) {
378 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
379 // we wanted to.
380 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
381 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000383 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
384 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
385 return false;
386
387 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
388 // snapshot it.
389 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
390 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000391 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
392 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000393
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000394 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
395 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
396
397 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
398 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
399 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
400 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
401 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
402 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
403 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
404 // having a reference outside it.
405 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
406 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000408 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
409 // a snapshot as well.
410 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
411 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000413 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414}
415
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000416
417
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000418/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000419Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000420Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000421 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000448 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449}
450
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000451/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
452/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
453/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000454static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
455 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000459 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
460 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
461 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000463 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000464 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000465 D != DEnd; ++D) {
466 if (*D == Record) {
467 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
468 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
469 ++D;
470 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000471 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000472 return *D;
473 }
474 }
475
476 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
477 return 0;
478}
479
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000480/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
481/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
482/// actual member.
483///
484/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
485/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
486/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
487/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
488/// we found.
489///
490/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
491/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
492/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
493VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
494 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
496 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
497 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
498
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000499 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
501 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
502 do {
503 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000504 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 else {
508 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
509 break;
510 }
511 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000512 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000513 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000514
515 return BaseObject;
516}
517
518Sema::OwningExprResult
519Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
520 FieldDecl *Field,
521 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
523 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000524 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 AnonFields);
526
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
528 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
529 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
530 // found via name lookup.
531 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000532 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 if (BaseObject) {
534 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
535 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000536 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000537 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000538 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000539 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000540 BaseQuals
541 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
543 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
544 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
545 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
546 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000547 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
549 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
550 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000551 BaseQuals
552 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 } else {
554 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
555 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
556 // program our base object expression is "this".
557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
558 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 = Context.getTagDeclType(
561 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
562 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
565 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
566 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000567 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000568 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
570 }
571 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000572 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
573 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 }
577
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000578 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582
583 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
584 // anonymous struct/union.
585 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
588 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
589 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
590 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000591 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
592 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
593
594 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
595 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
596 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
597 ResultQuals.removeConst();
598
599 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
600 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
601
602 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
603 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
604
605 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
606 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
607 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
608
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000609 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +0000610 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000611 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000612 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
613 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000615 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616 }
617
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000618 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619}
620
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000621/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
622/// possibly a list of template arguments.
623///
624/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
625/// DecomposeTemplateName.
626///
627/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
628/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
629/// some way.
630static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
631 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
632 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
633 DeclarationName &Name,
634 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
635 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
636 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
637 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
638 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
639
640 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
641 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
642 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
643 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
644 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
645
646 TemplateName TName =
647 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
648
649 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
650 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
651 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
652 } else {
653 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
654 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
655 TemplateArgs = 0;
656 }
657}
658
659/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
660///
661/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
662/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
663/// found template arguments.
664static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
665 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
666 TemplateName TName =
667 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
668
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000669 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
670 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000671 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
672 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
673 I != E; ++I)
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000674 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000675
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000676 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000677}
678
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000679static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
680 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
681 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
682 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
683 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
684 if (!BaseRT) return false;
685
686 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
687 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
688 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
689 return false;
690 }
691
692 return true;
693}
694
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000695/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
696/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
697static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000698 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000699
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000700 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
701 if (!DC) return true;
702
703 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
704 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
705
706 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
707 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
708
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000709 return false;
710}
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000711
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000712/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
713/// the prospective base classes.
714static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
715 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
716 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000717 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000718 return false;
719
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000720 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(SemaRef.Context);
721 if (!RD) return false;
722 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
723
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000724 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
725 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
726 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
727 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
728 if (!BaseRT) return false;
729
730 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000731 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
732 return false;
733 }
734
735 return true;
736}
737
John McCall144238e2009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000738/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
739static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000740 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000741 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
742
743 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
744
745 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
746 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
747
748 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
749 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
750 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
751 }
752
753 return false;
754}
755
756enum IMAKind {
757 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
758 IMA_Static,
759
760 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
761 IMA_Mixed,
762
763 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
764 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
765 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
766
767 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
768 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
769 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
770
771 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
772 IMA_Instance,
773
774 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
775 IMA_Unresolved,
776
777 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
778 /// context is not an instance method.
779 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
780
781 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
782 /// non-class context.
783 IMA_AnonymousMember,
784
785 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
786 /// context is not an instance method.
787 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
788
789 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
790 /// class.
791 IMA_Error_Unrelated
792};
793
794/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
795/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
796/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
797/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
798/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
799/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
800static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
801 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000802 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000803
804 bool isStaticContext =
805 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
806 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
807
808 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
809 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
810
811 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
812 bool hasNonInstance = false;
813 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
814 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
815 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
816 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
817 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
818
819 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
820 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
821 // that's a special case.
822 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
823 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
824 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
825 }
826 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
827 }
828 else
829 hasNonInstance = true;
830 }
831
832 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
833 // member reference.
834 if (Classes.empty())
835 return IMA_Static;
836
837 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
838 // an implicit member reference.
839 if (isStaticContext)
840 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
841
842 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
843 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
844 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
845 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
846 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
847 Classes))
848 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
849
850 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
851}
852
853/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
854static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
855 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
856 const LookupResult &R) {
857 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
858 SourceRange Range(Loc);
859 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
860
861 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
862 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
863 if (MD->isStatic()) {
864 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
865 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
866 << Range << R.getLookupName();
867 return;
868 }
869 }
870
871 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
872 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
873 return;
874 }
875
876 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000877}
878
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000879/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
880///
881/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000882bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000883 LookupResult &R) {
884 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
885
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000886 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000887 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000888 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
889 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000890 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000891 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000892 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
893 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000894
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000895 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
896 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
897 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
898 // dependent name.
899 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
900 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000901 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
902 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
903
904 if (!R.empty()) {
905 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
906 R.suppressDiagnostics();
907
908 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
909 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
910 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
911 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
912
913 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
914 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
915 // Actually quite difficult!
916 if (isInstance)
917 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
918 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
919 "this->");
920 else
921 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
922
923 // Do we really want to note all of these?
924 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
925 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
926
927 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
928 return false;
929 }
930 }
931 }
932
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000933 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000934 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
935 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
936 if (SS.isEmpty())
937 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
938 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000939 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000940 else
941 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
942 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
943 << SS.getRange()
944 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000945 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
946
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000947 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
948 return false;
949 }
950
951 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
952 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
953 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
954 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
955 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
956 // to recover well anyway.
957 if (SS.isEmpty())
958 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
959 else
960 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
961 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
962 << SS.getRange();
963
964 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
965 return true;
966 }
967
968 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000969 }
970
971 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
972 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
973 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
974 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
975 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
976 << SS.getRange();
977 return true;
978 }
979
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000980 // Give up, we can't recover.
981 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
982 return true;
983}
984
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000985Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
986 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
987 UnqualifiedId &Id,
988 bool HasTrailingLParen,
989 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
990 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
991 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
992
993 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000994 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000995
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000996 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000997
998 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
999 DeclarationName Name;
1000 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1001 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001002 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1003 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001004
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001005 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001006
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001007 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1008 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1009 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1010 // names a dependent type.
1011 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1012 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +00001013 if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001014 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001015 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001016 TemplateArgs);
1017 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001018
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001019 // Perform the required lookup.
1020 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1021 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001022 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001023 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001024 } else {
1025 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001026
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001027 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1028 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
1029 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
1030 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
1031 if (E.isInvalid())
1032 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001033
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001034 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1035 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001036 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001037 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001038
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001039 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1040 return ExprError();
1041
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001042 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1043 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001045
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001046 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001047 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001048 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1049 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1050 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1051 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1052 }
1053
1054 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1055 // call, diagnose the problem.
1056 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001057 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001058 return ExprError();
1059
1060 assert(!R.empty() &&
1061 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001062
1063 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1064 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1065 // reference the ivar.
1066 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1067 R.clear();
1068 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1069 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1070 return move(E);
1071 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001072 }
1073 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001074
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001075 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1076 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1077
1078 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001079 // Warn about constructs like:
1080 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1081 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001082
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001083 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1084 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001085 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001086 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001087 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001088 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001089 << Var->getDeclName()
1090 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1091 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001092 break;
1093 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001094
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001095 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1096 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001097 }
1098 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001099 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001100 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1101 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1102 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1103 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1104 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1105 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001106 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001107 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001108
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001109 QualType T = Func->getType();
1110 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001111 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001112 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001113 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001114 }
1115 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001116
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001117 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1118 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1119 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1120 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1121 // class member access expression.
1122 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1123 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001124 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001125 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001126 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1127 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001128 }
1129
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001130 if (TemplateArgs)
1131 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001132
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001133 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1134}
1135
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001136/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1137Sema::OwningExprResult
1138Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1139 LookupResult &R,
1140 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1141 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1142 case IMA_Instance:
1143 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1144
1145 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1146 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1147 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1148 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1149
1150 case IMA_Mixed:
1151 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1152 case IMA_Unresolved:
1153 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1154
1155 case IMA_Static:
1156 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1157 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1158 if (TemplateArgs)
1159 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1160 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1161
1162 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1163 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1164 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1165 return ExprError();
1166 }
1167
1168 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1169 return ExprError();
1170}
1171
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001172/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1173/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1174/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1175/// this path.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001176Sema::OwningExprResult
1177Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1178 DeclarationName Name,
1179 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1180 DeclContext *DC;
1181 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1182 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1183 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1184 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1185
1186 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1187 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1188
1189 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1190 return ExprError();
1191
1192 if (R.empty()) {
1193 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1194 return ExprError();
1195 }
1196
1197 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1198}
1199
1200/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1201/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1202/// additional lookup.
1203///
1204/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1205/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1206///
1207/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1208Sema::OwningExprResult
1209Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
1210 IdentifierInfo *II) {
1211 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1212
1213 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1214 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1215 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1216 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1217 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1218
1219 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1220 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1221 // ivar, that's an error.
1222 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1223
1224 bool LookForIvars;
1225 if (Lookup.empty())
1226 LookForIvars = true;
1227 else if (IsClassMethod)
1228 LookForIvars = false;
1229 else
1230 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1231 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
1232
1233 if (LookForIvars) {
1234 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1235 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1236 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1237 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1238 if (IsClassMethod)
1239 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1240 << IV->getDeclName());
1241
1242 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1243 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1244 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1245 return ExprError();
1246
1247 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1248 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1249 return ExprError();
1250
1251 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1252 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1253 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1254 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1255
1256 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1257 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1258 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1259 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1260 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1261 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1262 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1263 SelfName, false, false);
1264 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1265 return Owned(new (Context)
1266 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1267 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1268 }
1269 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1270 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1271 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1272 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1273 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1274 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1275 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1276 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1277 }
1278 }
1279
1280 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1281 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1282 QualType T;
1283
1284 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1285 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1286 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1287 else
1288 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1289 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1290 }
1291
1292 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1293 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001294}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001295
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001296/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001297bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001298Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1299 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001300 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001301 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001302 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001303 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001304 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1305 return false;
1306 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1307 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001308 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001309 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1310 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001311 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001312 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1313 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1314 DestRecordType,
1315 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1316 From->getSourceRange()))
1317 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001318 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1319 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001320 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001321 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001322}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001323
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001324/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001325static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001326 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001327 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1328 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1329 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1330 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001331 if (SS.isSet()) {
1332 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1333 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001334 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001336 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1337 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001338}
1339
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001340/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1341/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1342/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1343/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001344Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001345Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1346 LookupResult &R,
1347 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1348 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001349 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1350
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001351 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001352
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001353 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1354 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001355 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001356 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001357 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001358 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001359 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001360
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001361 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1362 // 'this' expression now.
1363 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1364 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1365 if (IsKnownInstance) {
1366 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001367 }
1368
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001369 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1370 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1371 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1372 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001373}
1374
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001375bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001376 const LookupResult &R,
1377 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001378 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1379 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1380 return false;
1381
1382 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001383 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001384 return false;
1385
1386 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001387 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001388 return false;
1389
1390 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1391 // normal lookup:
1392 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1393 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1394
1395 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1396 // -- a declaration of a class member
1397 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1398 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001399 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001400 return false;
1401
1402 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1403 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1404 // using-declaration
1405 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1406 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1407 // turn off ADL anyway).
1408 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1409 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1410 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1411 return false;
1412
1413 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1414 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1415 // template
1416 // And also for builtin functions.
1417 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1418 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1419
1420 // But also builtin functions.
1421 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1422 return false;
1423 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1424 return false;
1425 }
1426
1427 return true;
1428}
1429
1430
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001431/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1432/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1433/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1434/// will in fact be used.
1435static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1436 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1437 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1438 return true;
1439 }
1440
1441 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1442 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1443 return true;
1444 }
1445
1446 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1447 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1448 return true;
1449 }
1450
1451 return false;
1452}
1453
1454Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001455Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001456 LookupResult &R,
1457 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001458 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1459 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
1460 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001461 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001462
1463 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1464 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1465 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001466 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1467 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001468 return ExprError();
1469
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001470 bool Dependent
1471 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001472 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001473 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1474 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1475 SS.getRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001476 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1477 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1478 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1479 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001480
1481 return Owned(ULE);
1482}
1483
1484
1485/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1486Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001487Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001488 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1489 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001490 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1491 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001492
1493 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1494 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001495
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001496 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1497 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1498 // a template argument list.
1499 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1500 << Template << SS.getRange();
1501 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1502 return ExprError();
1503 }
1504
1505 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1506 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1507 if (!VD) {
1508 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1509 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001510 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001511 return ExprError();
1512 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001513
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001514 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1515 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1516 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1517 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001518 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001519 return ExprError();
1520
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001521 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1522 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001523 return ExprError();
1524
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001525 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1526 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1527 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1528 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001529 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001530 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1531 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1532 //
1533 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001534 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001535 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001536 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001537 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001538 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001539 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1540 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001541 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001542
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001543 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001544 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001545 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001546 }
1547 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1548 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001549
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001550 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001551}
1552
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001553Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1554 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001555 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001556
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001557 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001558 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001559 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1560 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1561 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001562 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001563
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001564 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1565 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001566
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001567 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1568 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001569 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001570 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001571 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001572
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001573 QualType ResTy;
1574 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1575 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1576 } else {
1577 unsigned Length =
1578 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001579
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001580 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001581 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001582 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1583 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001584 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001585}
1586
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001587Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001588 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1589 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1590 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1591 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001592
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001593 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1594 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1595 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001596 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001597
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001598 QualType Ty;
1599 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1600 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1601 else if (Literal.isWide())
1602 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
1603 else
1604 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001605
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001606 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1607 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001608 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001609}
1610
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001611Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1612 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001613 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1614 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001615 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001616 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001617 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001618 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001619 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001620
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001621 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001622 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1623 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001624 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001625
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001626 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1627 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001628
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001629 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001630 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1631 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001632 return ExprError();
1633
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001634 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001635
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001636 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001637 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001638 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001639 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001640 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001641 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001642 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001643 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001644
1645 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1646
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001647 using llvm::APFloat;
1648 APFloat Val(Format);
1649
1650 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001651
1652 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1653 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1654 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1655 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001656 unsigned diagnostic;
1657 llvm::SmallVector<char, 20> buffer;
1658 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
1659 diagnostic = diag::err_float_overflow;
1660 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1661 } else {
1662 diagnostic = diag::err_float_underflow;
1663 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1664 }
1665
1666 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1667 << Ty
1668 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1669 }
1670
1671 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001672 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001673
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001674 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001675 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001676 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001677 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001678
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001679 // long long is a C99 feature.
1680 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001681 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001682 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1683
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001684 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001685 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001686
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001687 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1688 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1689 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001690 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1691 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001692 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001693 } else {
1694 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1695 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001696
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001697 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1698 // be an unsigned int.
1699 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1700
1701 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001702 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001703 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1704 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001705 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001706
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001707 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1708 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1709 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1710 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001711 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001712 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001713 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001714 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001715 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001716 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001717
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001718 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001719 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001720 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001721
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001722 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1723 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1724 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1725 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001726 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001727 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001728 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001729 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001730 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001731 }
1732
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001733 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001734 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001735 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001736
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001737 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1738 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1739 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1740 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001741 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001742 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001743 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001744 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001745 }
1746 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001747
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001748 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1749 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001750 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001751 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001752 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001753 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001754 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001755
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001756 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1757 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001758 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001759 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001760 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001761
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001762 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1763 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001765 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001766
1767 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001768}
1769
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001770Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1771 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001772 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001773 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001774 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001775}
1776
1777/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1778/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001779bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001780 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1781 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1782 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001783 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1784 return false;
1785
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001786 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1787 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1788 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1789 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1790 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1791 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1792
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001793 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001794 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001795 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001796 if (isSizeof)
1797 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1798 return false;
1799 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001800
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001801 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001802 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001803 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1804 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001805 return false;
1806 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001807
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001808 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001809 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1810 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001811 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001812
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001813 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001814 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001815 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001816 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1817 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001818 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001819
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001820 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001821}
1822
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001823bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1824 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1825 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001826
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001827 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001828 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1829 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001830
1831 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1832 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1833 return false;
1834
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001835 if (E->getBitField()) {
1836 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1837 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001838 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001839
1840 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1841 // bit-field.
1842 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001843 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001844 return false;
1845
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001846 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1847}
1848
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001849/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001850Action::OwningExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001851Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001852 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001853 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001854 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001855 return ExprError();
1856
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001857 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001858
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001859 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1860 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1861 return ExprError();
1862
1863 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001864 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001865 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1866 R.getEnd()));
1867}
1868
1869/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1870/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001871Action::OwningExprResult
1872Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001873 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1874 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1875 bool isInvalid = false;
1876 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1877 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1878 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1879 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001880 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001881 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1882 isInvalid = true;
1883 } else {
1884 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1885 }
1886
1887 if (isInvalid)
1888 return ExprError();
1889
1890 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1891 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1892 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1893 R.getEnd()));
1894}
1895
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001896/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1897/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1898/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001899Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001900Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1901 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001902 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001903 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001904
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001905 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001906 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1907 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
1908 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001909 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001910
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001911 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1912 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1913 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1914
1915 if (Result.isInvalid())
1916 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1917
1918 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001919}
1920
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001921QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001922 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1923 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001924
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001925 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001926 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001927 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001928
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001929 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1930 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1931 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001932
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001933 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001934 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1935 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001936 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001937}
1938
1939
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001940
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001941Action::OwningExprResult
1942Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1943 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001944 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1945 switch (Kind) {
1946 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1947 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1948 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1949 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001950
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001951 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001952}
1953
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001954Action::OwningExprResult
1955Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1956 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001957 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1958 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1959
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001960 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1961 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001963 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001964 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1965 Base.release();
1966 Idx.release();
1967 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1968 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1969 }
1970
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001971 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001972 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001973 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1974 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1975 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001976 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001977 }
1978
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001979 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1980}
1981
1982
1983Action::OwningExprResult
1984Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1985 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1986 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1987 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1988
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001989 // Perform default conversions.
1990 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1991 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001992
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001993 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001994
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001995 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001996 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001997 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001998 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001999 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2000 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002001 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2002 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2003 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2004 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002005 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002006 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2007 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002008 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002009 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002010 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002011 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2012 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002013 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002015 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002016 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2017 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2018 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002019 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002020 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002021 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2022 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2023 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2024 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002025 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002026 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002027 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002028
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002029 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2030 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002031 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2032 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
2033 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
2034 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2035 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2036 // force the promotion here.
2037 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2038 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002039 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2040 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002041 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2042
2043 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2044 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002045 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002046 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2047 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2048 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2049 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002050 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2051 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002052 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2053
2054 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2055 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002056 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002057 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002058 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2059 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002060 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002061 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002062 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2063 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002064 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2065 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002066
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002067 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002068 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2069 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002070 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2071
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002072 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002073 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2074 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002075 // incomplete types are not object types.
2076 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2077 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2078 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2079 return ExprError();
2080 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002081
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002082 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002083 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002084 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2085 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002086 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002087
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002088 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2089 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2090 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2091 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2092 return ExprError();
2093 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002094
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002095 Base.release();
2096 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002097 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002098 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002099}
2100
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002101QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002102CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002103 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002104 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002105 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2106 // see FIXME there.
2107 //
2108 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2109 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002110 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002111
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002112 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002113 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002114
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002115 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002116 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2117 // to be selected.
2118 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002119
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002120 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2121 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002122 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002123
2124 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2125 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002126 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002127 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2128 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002129 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002130 do
2131 compStr++;
2132 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002133 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002134 do
2135 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002136 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002137 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002138
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002139 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002140 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2141 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002142 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2143 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002144 return QualType();
2145 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002146
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002147 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2148 // operates on.
2149 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002150 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002151
2152 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002153 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002154
2155 while (*compStr) {
2156 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2157 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2158 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2159 return QualType();
2160 }
2161 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002162 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002163
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002164 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002165 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002166 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002167 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002168 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002169 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002170 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002171 if (HexSwizzle)
2172 CompSize--;
2173
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002174 if (CompSize == 1)
2175 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002176
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002177 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002178 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002179 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2180 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2181 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2182 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002183 }
2184 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002185}
2186
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002187static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002188 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002189 const Selector &Sel,
2190 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002192 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002193 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002194 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002195 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002196
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002197 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2198 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002199 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002200 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002201 return D;
2202 }
2203 return 0;
2204}
2205
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002206static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002207 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002208 const Selector &Sel,
2209 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002210 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2211 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002212 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002213 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002214 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002215 GDecl = PD;
2216 break;
2217 }
2218 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002219 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002220 GDecl = OMD;
2221 break;
2222 }
2223 }
2224 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002225 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002226 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2227 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002228 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002229 if (GDecl)
2230 return GDecl;
2231 }
2232 }
2233 return GDecl;
2234}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002235
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002236Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002237Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2238 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002239 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2240 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2241 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2242 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2243 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2244
2245 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2246 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2247 //
2248 // T* t;
2249 // t.f;
2250 //
2251 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2252 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2253 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2254 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002255 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002256 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2257 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002258 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002259 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002260 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002261 return ExprError();
2262 }
2263 }
2264
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002265 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002266
2267 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2268 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002269 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002270 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2271 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2272 SS.getRange(),
2273 FirstQualifierInScope,
2274 Name, NameLoc,
2275 TemplateArgs));
2276}
2277
2278/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2279/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2280/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2281static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2282 Expr *BaseExpr,
2283 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002284 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002285 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002286 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2287 // diagnostics.
2288 if (!BaseExpr)
2289 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002290
2291 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2292 // complicated cases here.
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002293 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002294 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002295 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002296}
2297
2298// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2299// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2300// type. The restriction here is:
2301//
2302// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2303// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2304// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2305//
2306// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2307// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2308// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2309// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2310bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2311 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002312 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002313 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002314 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2315 if (!BaseRT) {
2316 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2317 // dependent.
2318 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2319 return false;
2320 }
2321 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002322
2323 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002324 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2325 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2326 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2327 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002328
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002329 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2330 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2331 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2332 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2333
2334 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2335 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2336
2337 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2338 return false;
2339 }
2340
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002341 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002342 return true;
2343}
2344
2345static bool
2346LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2347 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2348 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2349 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2350 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2351 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2352 << BaseRange))
2353 return true;
2354
2355 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2356 if (SS.isSet()) {
2357 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2358 // nested-name-specifier.
2359 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2360
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002361 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2362 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2363 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2364 return true;
2365 }
2366
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002367 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2368
2369 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2370 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2371 << DC << SS.getRange();
2372 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002373 }
2374 }
2375
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002376 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2377 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002378
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002379 if (!R.empty())
2380 return false;
2381
2382 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2383 // for typos.
2384 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2385 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
2386 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2387 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2388 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
2389 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2390 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
2391 return false;
2392 } else {
2393 R.clear();
2394 }
2395
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002396 return false;
2397}
2398
2399Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002400Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002401 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2402 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2403 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2404 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2405 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2406 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2407
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002408 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2409 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002410 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002411 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2412 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2413 Name, NameLoc,
2414 TemplateArgs);
2415
2416 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002417
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002418 // Implicit member accesses.
2419 if (!Base) {
2420 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2421 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2422 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2423 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2424 OpLoc, SS))
2425 return ExprError();
2426
2427 // Explicit member accesses.
2428 } else {
2429 OwningExprResult Result =
2430 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2431 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2432 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2433
2434 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2435 Owned(Base);
2436 return ExprError();
2437 }
2438
2439 if (Result.get())
2440 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002441 }
2442
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002443 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
2444 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002445}
2446
2447Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002448Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2449 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2450 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002451 LookupResult &R,
2452 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2453 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002454 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002455 if (IsArrow) {
2456 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2457 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2458 }
2459
2460 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2461 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2462 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2463 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2464
2465 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002466 return ExprError();
2467
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002468 if (R.empty()) {
2469 // Rederive where we looked up.
2470 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2471 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2472 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002473
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002474 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002475 << MemberName << DC
2476 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002477 return ExprError();
2478 }
2479
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002480 // Diagnose qualified lookups that find only declarations from a
2481 // non-base type. Note that it's okay for lookup to find
2482 // declarations from a non-base type as long as those aren't the
2483 // ones picked by overload resolution.
2484 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002485 return ExprError();
2486
2487 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2488 // result.
2489 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002490 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002491 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002492 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
2493 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002494
2495 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2496 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2497 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002498 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2499 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002500 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2501 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2502 TemplateArgs);
2503 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2504 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2505
2506 return Owned(MemExpr);
2507 }
2508
2509 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2510 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2511
2512 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2513
2514 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2515 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2516 // error cases.
2517 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2518 return ExprError();
2519
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002520 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2521 if (!BaseExpr) {
2522 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2523 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2524 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2525
2526 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), BaseExprType);
2527 }
2528
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002529 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2530 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2531 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2532 // explicitly qualified.
2533 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2534 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2535 }
2536
2537 // Check the use of this member.
2538 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2539 Owned(BaseExpr);
2540 return ExprError();
2541 }
2542
2543 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2544 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2545 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002546 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2547 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002548 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2549 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2550
2551 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2552 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2553 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2554 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2555 else {
2556 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2557 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2558 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2559
2560 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2561 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2562
2563 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2564 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2565 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2566 }
2567
2568 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2569 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2570 return ExprError();
2571 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2572 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2573 }
2574
2575 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2576 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2577 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2578 Var, MemberLoc,
2579 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2580 }
2581
2582 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2583 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2584 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2585 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2586 MemberFn->getType()));
2587 }
2588
2589 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2590 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2591 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2592 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2593 }
2594
2595 Owned(BaseExpr);
2596
2597 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2598 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2599 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2600
2601 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2602 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2603 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2604 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2605 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2606 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2607}
2608
2609/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2610/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2611/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2612/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2613/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2614/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2615/// an ordinary member expression.
2616///
2617/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2618/// fixed for ObjC++.
2619Sema::OwningExprResult
2620Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002621 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002622 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2623 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2624 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002625 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002626
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002627 // Perform default conversions.
2628 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002629
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002630 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002631 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2632
2633 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2634 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002635
2636 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002637 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002638 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2639 // call, and continue on.
2640 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2641 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2642 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2643 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2644 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002645 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2646 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002647 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2648 ->isRecordType()))) {
2649 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2650 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2651 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2652 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2653
2654 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002655 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002656 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2657 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002658 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002659
2660 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2661 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2662 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2663 }
2664 }
2665 }
2666
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002667 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2668 // use that.
2669 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002670 if (IsArrow) {
2671 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2672 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2673 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2674 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2675 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002676 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2677 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002678 }
2679 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002680 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2681 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2682 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2683 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002684 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002685 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002686 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002687
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002688 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2689 // use that.
2690 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2691 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2692 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2693 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2694 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2695 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2696 }
2697 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002698
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002699 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002700
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002701 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002702 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002703 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2704 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2705 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2706 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2707 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2708 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2709 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2710 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2711 // Check the use of this method.
2712 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2713 return ExprError();
2714 }
2715 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2716 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2717 Selector SetterSel =
2718 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2719 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2720 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2721 if (!Setter) {
2722 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2723 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002724 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002725 }
2726 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2727 if (!Setter)
2728 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2729
2730 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2731 return ExprError();
2732
2733 if (Getter || Setter) {
2734 QualType PType;
2735
2736 if (Getter)
2737 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2738 else
2739 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2740 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2741 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2742 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2743 PType,
2744 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2745 }
2746 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2747 << MemberName << BaseType);
2748 }
2749 }
2750
2751 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2752 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2753 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002754 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002755 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002756
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002757 if (IsArrow) {
2758 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002759 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002760 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2761 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002762 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2763 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2764 // struct MyRecord foo;
2765 // foo->bar
2766 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2767 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2768 // by now.
2769 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2770 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2771 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2772 IsArrow = false;
2773 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002774 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2775 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2776 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002777 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002778 } else {
2779 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2780 // type *foo;
2781 // foo.bar
2782 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2783 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2784 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2785 // the appropriate pointer type
2786 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2787 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2788 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2789 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2790 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2791 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2792 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2793 IsArrow = true;
2794 }
2795 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002796 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002797
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002798 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2799 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002800 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002801 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2802 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002803 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002804 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002805 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002806
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002807 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2808 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2809 // pseudo-destructor.
2810 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2811 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002812 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2813 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002814 // type.
2815 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2816 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2817 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002818
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002819 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2820 // same as the object type.
2821 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2822 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2823 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2824 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2825 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002826
2827 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002828 // the form
2829 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002830 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2831 //
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002832 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2833 //
2834 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2835 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002836
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002837 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2838 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2839 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002840 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2841 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2842 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002843 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2844 MemberLoc));
2845 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002846
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002847 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2848 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002849 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2850 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002851 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002852 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002853 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002854 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002855 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2856
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002857 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2858 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002859 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002860
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00002861 if (!IV) {
2862 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
2863 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
2864 LookupMemberName);
2865 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
2866 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
2867 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
2868 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
2869 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
2870 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2871 IV->getNameAsString());
2872 }
2873 }
2874
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002875 if (IV) {
2876 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2877 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2878 // error cases.
2879 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2880 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002881
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002882 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2883 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2884 return ExprError();
2885 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2886 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2887 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2888 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2889 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2890 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2891 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2892 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2893 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2894 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2895 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2896 // AST for a function decl.
2897 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002898 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002899 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2900 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2901 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2902 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2903 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2904 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002905
2906 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2907 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002908 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002909 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002910 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002911 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2912 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002913 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002914 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002915 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002916
2917 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2918 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002919 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002920 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002921 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002922 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002923 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002924 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002925 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002926 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002927 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2928 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002929 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002930 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002932 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002933 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002934 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2935 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2936 // Check the use of this declaration
2937 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2938 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002939
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002940 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2941 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2942 }
2943 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2944 // Check the use of this method.
2945 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2946 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002947
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002948 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002949 OMD->getResultType(),
2950 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002951 NULL, 0));
2952 }
2953 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002954
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002955 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002956 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002957 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002958 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2959 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002960 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002961 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002962 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2963 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002964 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002965
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002966 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002967 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002968 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2969 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2970 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002971 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002972 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002973 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002974 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2975 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002976 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002977 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2978 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002979 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002980 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2981 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002982 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002983 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2984 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2985 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002986
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002987 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002988 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2989 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002990 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2991 // selector is implemented.
2992
2993 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2994 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2995
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002996 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002997 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002998
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002999 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
3000 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003001 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003002
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00003003 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003004 if (!Getter)
3005 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003006 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003007 // Check if we can reference this property.
3008 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
3009 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003010 }
3011 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
3012 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003013 Selector SetterSel =
3014 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003015 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003016 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003017 if (!Setter) {
3018 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
3019 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003020 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003021 }
3022 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003023 if (!Setter)
3024 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003025
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003026 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
3027 return ExprError();
3028
3029 if (Getter || Setter) {
3030 QualType PType;
3031
3032 if (Getter)
3033 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00003034 else
3035 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
3036 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003037 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00003038 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003039 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3040 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003041
3042 // Attempt to correct for typos in property names.
3043 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3044 LookupOrdinaryName);
3045 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IFace, false, OPT) &&
3046 Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>()) {
3047 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_property_not_found_suggest)
3048 << MemberName << BaseType << Res.getLookupName()
3049 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3050 Res.getLookupName().getAsString());
3051 return LookupMemberExpr(Res, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS,
3052 FirstQualifierInScope, ObjCImpDecl);
3053 }
3054
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003055 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003056 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00003057 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003058
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003059 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003060 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003061 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003062 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003063 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003064 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003065
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003066 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003067 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003068 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003069 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3070 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003071 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003072 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003073 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003074 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003075
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003076 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3077 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3078
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003079 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003080}
3081
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003082static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
3083 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3084 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
3085 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
3086 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
3087 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00003088 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
3089 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
3090
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003091 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
3092 move(MemExpr),
3093 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
3094 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
3095 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
3096 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
3097}
3098
3099/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3100/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3101/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3102/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3103/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3104///
3105/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3106/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3107/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3108/// only be called
3109/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3110/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3111/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3112Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3113 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3114 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3115 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3116 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3117 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3118 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3119 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3120 return ExprError();
3121
3122 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3123
3124 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3125 DeclarationName Name;
3126 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3127 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3128 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3129 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3130
3131 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3132
3133 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3134 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3135 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3136
3137 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3138 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3139
3140 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3141 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
3142 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003143 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003144 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3145 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3146 Name, NameLoc,
3147 TemplateArgs);
3148 } else {
3149 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3150 if (TemplateArgs) {
3151 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3152 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3153 } else {
3154 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
3155 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3156 ObjCImpDecl);
3157
3158 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3159 Owned(Base);
3160 return ExprError();
3161 }
3162
3163 if (Result.get()) {
3164 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3165 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3166 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3167 // call now.
3168 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3169 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
3170 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
3171
3172 return move(Result);
3173 }
3174 }
3175
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003176 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
3177 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003178 }
3179
3180 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003181}
3182
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003183Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3184 FunctionDecl *FD,
3185 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3186 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3187 Diag (CallLoc,
3188 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3189 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003190 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003191 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3192 } else {
3193 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3194 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3195
3196 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003197 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003198
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003199 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3200 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003201 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003202
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003203 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003204 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003205 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003206
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003207 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3208 InitializedEntity Entity
3209 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3210 InitializationKind Kind
3211 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3212 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3213 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3214
3215 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
3216 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3217 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3218 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003219 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003220
3221 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003222 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003223 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003224 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003225
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003226 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3227 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3228 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003229 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3230 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003231 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3232 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003233 }
3234
3235 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003236 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003237}
3238
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003239/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3240/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3241/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3242/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3243/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3244/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003245bool
3246Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003247 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003248 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003249 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3250 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003251 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003252 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3253 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003254 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003255
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003256 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3257 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3258 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3259 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3260 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3261 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003262 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003263 }
3264
3265 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3266 // them.
3267 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3268 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3269 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3270 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3271 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3272 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3273 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3274 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003275 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003276 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003277 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003278 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003279 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003280 VariadicCallType CallType =
3281 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3282 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3283 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3284 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3285 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003286 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003287 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003288 if (Invalid)
3289 return true;
3290 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3291 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3292 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3293
3294 return false;
3295}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003296
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003297bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3298 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3299 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3300 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3301 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3302 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003303 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003304 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3305 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3306 bool Invalid = false;
3307 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3308 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3309 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3310 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003311 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003312 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003313 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003314
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003315 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003316 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3317 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3318
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003319 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3320 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003321 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003322 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003323 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003324
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003325 // Pass the argument
3326 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3327 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3328 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003329
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003330
3331 InitializedEntity Entity =
3332 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3333 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3334 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3335 SourceLocation(),
3336 Owned(Arg));
3337 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3338 return true;
3339
3340 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003341 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003342 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003343
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003344 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003345 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003346 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3347 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003348
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003349 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003350 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003351 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003352 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003353
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003354 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003355 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003356 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003357 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003358 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003359 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003360 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003361 }
3362 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003363 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003364}
3365
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003366/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003367/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3368/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003369Action::OwningExprResult
3370Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3371 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003372 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003373 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003374
3375 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3376 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003377
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003378 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003379 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003380 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003381
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003383 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3384 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3385 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3386 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3387 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3388 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3389 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3390 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003391
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003392 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3393 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003394
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003395 NumArgs = 0;
3396 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003397
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003398 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3399 RParenLoc));
3400 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003401
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003402 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003403 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003404 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3405 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003406 bool Dependent = false;
3407 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3408 Dependent = true;
3409 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3410 Dependent = true;
3411
3412 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003413 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003414 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3415
3416 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3417 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3418 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3419 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3420
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003421 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3422
3423 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3424 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3425 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3426 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3427 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3428 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3429 // method template.
3430 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3431 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003432 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003433
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003434 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3435 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003436 }
3437
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003438 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003439 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003440 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003441 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003442 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3443 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003444 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003445
3446 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003447 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003448 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3449 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003450 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3451 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3452 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003453
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003454 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3455 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3456 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3457 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003458
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003459 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3460 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3461 TheCall.get(), 0))
3462 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003463
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003464 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3465 RParenLoc))
3466 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003467
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003468 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3469 }
3470 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3471 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3472 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003473 }
3474 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003475 }
3476
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003477 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003478 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003479 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003480
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003481 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003482 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3483 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3484 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3485 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003486 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003487
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003488 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3489 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3490 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3491
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003492 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3493}
3494
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003495/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3496/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003497/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3498/// block-pointer type.
3499///
3500/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3501Sema::OwningExprResult
3502Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3503 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3504 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3505 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3506 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3507
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003508 // Promote the function operand.
3509 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3510
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003511 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3512 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003513 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3514 Args, NumArgs,
3515 Context.BoolTy,
3516 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003517
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003518 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3519 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3520 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3521 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003522 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003523 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003524 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3525 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003526 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003527 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003528 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003529 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003530 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003531 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003532 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3533 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3534
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003535 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003536 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3537 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3538 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003539 return ExprError();
3540
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003541 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003542 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003543
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003544 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003545 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003546 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003547 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003548 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003549 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003550
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003551 if (FDecl) {
3552 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3553 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3554 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003555 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003556 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003557 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003558 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3559 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3560 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3561 }
3562 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003563 }
3564
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003565 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003566 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3567 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3568 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003569 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3570 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003571 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3572 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003573 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003574 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003575 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003576 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003577
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003578 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3579 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003580 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3581 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003582
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003583 // Check for sentinels
3584 if (NDecl)
3585 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003586
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003587 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003588 if (FDecl) {
3589 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3590 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003591
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003592 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003593 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3594 } else if (NDecl) {
3595 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3596 return ExprError();
3597 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003598
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003599 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003600}
3601
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003602Action::OwningExprResult
3603Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3604 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003605 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003606
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003607 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003608
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003609 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003610 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003611 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003612
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003613 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003614 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003615 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3616 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003617 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3618 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003619 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003620 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003621 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003622 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003623
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003624 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003625 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003626 InitializationKind Kind
3627 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
3628 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003629 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3630 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3631 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3632 &literalType);
3633 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003634 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003635 InitExpr.release();
3636 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003637
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003638 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003639 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003640 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003641 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003642 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003643
3644 Result.release();
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003645
3646 // FIXME: Store the TInfo to preserve type information better.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003647 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003648 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003649}
3650
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003651Action::OwningExprResult
3652Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003653 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3654 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3655 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003656
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003657 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003659
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003660 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003661 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003662 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003663 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003664}
3665
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003666static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3667 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003668 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003669 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3670
3671 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3672 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003673 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3674 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
3675 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003676 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3677 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3678 }
3679
3680 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3681 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3682 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3683 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3684 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3685 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3686 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3687 }
3688
3689 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3690 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3691 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3692 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3693 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3694 }
3695
3696 // FIXME: Assert here.
3697 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3698 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3699}
3700
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003701/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003702bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003703 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003704 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3705 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003706 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003707 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3708 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003709
Eli Friedman199ea952009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003710 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003711
3712 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3713 // type needs to be scalar.
3714 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3715 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003716 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3717 return false;
3718 }
3719
3720 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003721 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003722 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3723 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003724 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003725 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3726 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003727 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003728 return false;
3729 }
3730
3731 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003732 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003733 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003734 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003735 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003736 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003737 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3738 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003739 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3740 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3741 break;
3742 }
3743 }
3744 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3745 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3746 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003747 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003748 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003749 }
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003750
3751 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3752 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3753 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3754 }
3755
3756 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3757 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003758 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3759 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003760 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003761 }
3762
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003763 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3764 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3765
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003766 if (castType->isVectorType())
3767 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3768 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3769 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3770
3771 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003772 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003773
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003774 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3775 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3776
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003777 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003778 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3779 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3780 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3781 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3782 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3783 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3784 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3785 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3786 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3787 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003788 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003789
3790 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003791 return false;
3792}
3793
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003794bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3795 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003796 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003797
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003798 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003799 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003800 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003801 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003802 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003803 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003804 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003805 } else
3806 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003807 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003808 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003809
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003810 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003811 return false;
3812}
3813
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003814bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3815 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003816 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003817
3818 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3819
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003820 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3821 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003822 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3823 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3824 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3825 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003826 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003827 return false;
3828 }
3829
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003830 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003831 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3832 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003833 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3834 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3835 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3836 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003837
3838 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3839 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3840 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003841
3842 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003843 return false;
3844}
3845
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003846Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003847Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003848 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003849 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003850
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003851 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3852 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003853
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003854 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003855 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3856 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003857
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003858 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3859 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3860 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003861 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003862 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003863 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003864 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003865
3866 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003867 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003868 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003869
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003870 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3871 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003872
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003873 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3874 } else {
3875 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003876 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003877
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003878 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003879 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003880 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003881}
3882
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003883/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3884/// of comma binary operators.
3885Action::OwningExprResult
3886Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3887 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3888 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3889 if (!E)
3890 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003891
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003892 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003893
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003894 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3895 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3896 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003897
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003898 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3899}
3900
3901Action::OwningExprResult
3902Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3903 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3904 QualType Ty) {
3905 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003906
3907 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003908 // then handle it as such.
3909 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3910 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3911 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3912 return ExprError();
3913 }
3914
3915 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3916 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3917 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3918
3919 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3920 // braces instead of the original commas.
3921 Op.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003922 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003923 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3924 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003925 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003926 Owned(E));
3927 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003928 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003929 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3930 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3931 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3932 }
3933}
3934
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003935Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003936 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003937 MultiExprArg Val,
3938 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003939 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3940 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003941 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3942 Expr *expr;
3943 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3944 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3945 else
3946 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003947 return Owned(expr);
3948}
3949
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003950/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3951/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003952/// C99 6.5.15
3953QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3954 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003955 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3956 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3957 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3958
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003959 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3960
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003961 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3962 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3963 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3964 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3965 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3966 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003967
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003968 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003969 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3970 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3971 << CondTy;
3972 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003973 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003974
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003975 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003976 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3977 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003978
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003979 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3980 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003981 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3982 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3983 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003984 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003985
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003986 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3987 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003988 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3989 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003990 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003991 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003992 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003993 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003994 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003995 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003996
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003997 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003998 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003999 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4000 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4001 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4002 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4003 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4004 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4005 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004006 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4007 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004008 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004009 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004010 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4011 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004012 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004013 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004014 // promote the null to a pointer.
4015 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004016 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004017 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004018 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004019 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004020 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004021 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004022 }
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004023
4024 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4025 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4026 QuestionLoc);
4027 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4028 return compositeType;
4029
4030
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004031 // Handle block pointer types.
4032 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4033 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4034 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4035 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004036 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4037 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004038 return destType;
4039 }
4040 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004041 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004042 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004043 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004044 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4045 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4046 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004047 return LHSTy;
4048 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004049 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004050 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4051 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004052
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004053 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4054 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004055 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004056 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004057 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4058 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4059 // to get a consistent AST.
4060 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004061 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4062 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004063 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004064 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004065 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004066 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4067 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004068 return LHSTy;
4069 }
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004070
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004071 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4072 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4073 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004074 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4075 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004076
4077 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4078 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4079 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004080 QualType destPointee
4081 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004082 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004083 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4084 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4085 // Promote to void*.
4086 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004087 return destType;
4088 }
4089 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004090 QualType destPointee
4091 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004092 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004093 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004094 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004095 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004096 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004097 return destType;
4098 }
4099
4100 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4101 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4102 return LHSTy;
4103 }
4104 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4105 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4106 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4107 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4108 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4109 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4110 // to get a consistent AST.
4111 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004112 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4113 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004114 return incompatTy;
4115 }
4116 // The pointer types are compatible.
4117 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4118 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4119 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4120 // type.
4121 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4122 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004123 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4124 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004125 return LHSTy;
4126 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004127
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004128 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4129 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4130 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4131 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004132 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004133 return RHSTy;
4134 }
4135 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4136 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4137 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004138 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004139 return LHSTy;
4140 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004141
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004142 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004143 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4144 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004145 return QualType();
4146}
4147
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004148/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4149/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4150QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4151 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4152 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4153 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4154
4155 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4156 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4157 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4158 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4159 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4160 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4161 return LHSTy;
4162 }
4163 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4164 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4165 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4166 return RHSTy;
4167 }
4168 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4169 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4170 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4171 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4172 return LHSTy;
4173 }
4174 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4175 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4176 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4177 return RHSTy;
4178 }
4179 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4180 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4181 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4182 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4183 return LHSTy;
4184 }
4185 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4186 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4187 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4188 return RHSTy;
4189 }
4190 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4191 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4192
4193 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4194 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4195 return LHSTy;
4196 }
4197 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4198 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4199 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4200
4201 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4202 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4203 // type. This allows
4204 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4205 // where B is a subclass of A.
4206 //
4207 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4208 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4209 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4210 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4211
4212 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4213 // It could return the composite type.
4214 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4215 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4216 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4217 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4218 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4219 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4220 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4221 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4222 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4223 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4224 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4225 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4226 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4227 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4228 } else if (!(compositeType =
4229 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4230 ;
4231 else {
4232 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4233 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4234 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4235 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4236 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4237 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4238 return incompatTy;
4239 }
4240 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4241 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4242 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4243 return compositeType;
4244 }
4245 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4246 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4247 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4248 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4249 QualType destPointee
4250 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4251 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4252 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4253 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4254 // Promote to void*.
4255 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4256 return destType;
4257 }
4258 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4259 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4260 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4261 QualType destPointee
4262 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4263 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4264 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4265 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4266 // Promote to void*.
4267 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4268 return destType;
4269 }
4270 return QualType();
4271}
4272
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004273/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004274/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004275Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4276 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4277 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4278 ExprArg RHS) {
4279 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4280 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004281
4282 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4283 // was the condition.
4284 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4285 if (isLHSNull)
4286 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004287
4288 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004289 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004290 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004291 return ExprError();
4292
4293 Cond.release();
4294 LHS.release();
4295 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004296 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004297 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004298 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004299}
4300
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004301// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004302// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004303// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4304// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4305// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004306Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004307Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4308 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004309
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004310 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4311 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4312 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4313 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4314 return Compatible;
4315 }
4316
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004317 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004318 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4319 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004320
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004321 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004322 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4323 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004324
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004325 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004326
4327 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4328 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4329 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004330 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004331 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004332 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004333
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004334 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4335 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004336 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004337 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004338 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004339 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004340
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004341 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004342 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4343 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004344 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004345
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004346 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004347 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004348 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004349
4350 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004351 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4352 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004353 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004354 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004355 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004356 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4357 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4358 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4359 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4360 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4361 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004362 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004363 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004364 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004365 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004366
4367 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004368 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004369 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004370 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004371
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004372 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4373 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4374 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4375 // warning can be disabled.
4376 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4377 return ConvTy;
4378 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4379 }
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004380
4381 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4382 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4383 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4384 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4385 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4386 do {
4387 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4388 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4389
4390 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4391 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4392 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4393
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004395 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004396 }
4397
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004398 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004399 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004400 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004401 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004402}
4403
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004404/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4405/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4406/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4407// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004408Sema::AssignConvertType
4409Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004410 QualType rhsType) {
4411 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004412
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004413 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004414 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4415 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004417 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4418 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4419 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004421 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004422
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004423 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004424 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004425 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004426
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004427 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004429 return ConvTy;
4430}
4431
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004432/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4433/// for assignment compatibility.
4434Sema::AssignConvertType
4435Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4436 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4437 return Compatible;
4438 QualType lhptee =
4439 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4440 QualType rhptee =
4441 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4442 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4443 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4444 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4445 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4446 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
4447
4448 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4449 return Compatible;
4450 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4451 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
4452 return IncompatiblePointer;
4453}
4454
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004455/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4456/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004457/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4458///
4459/// int a, *pint;
4460/// short *pshort;
4461/// struct foo *pfoo;
4462///
4463/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4464/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4465/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4466/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4467///
4468/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004469/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004470///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004471Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004472Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004473 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4474 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004475 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4476 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004477
4478 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004479 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004480
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004481 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4482 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4483 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4484 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4485 return Compatible;
4486 }
4487
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004488 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4489 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4490 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4491 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4492 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4493 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4494 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004495 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004496 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004497 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004498 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004499 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004500 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4501 // to the same ExtVector type.
4502 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4503 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4504 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4505 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4506 return Compatible;
4507 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004508
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004509 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004510 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004511 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004512 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004513 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4514 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004515 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004516 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004517 }
4518 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004519 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004520
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004521 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004522 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004523
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004524 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004525 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004526 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004527
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004528 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004529 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004530
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004531 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004532 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004533 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4534 return Compatible;
4535 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004536 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004537 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4538 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004539 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004540
4541 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004542 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004543 return Compatible;
4544 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004545 return Incompatible;
4546 }
4547
4548 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4549 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004550 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004551
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004552 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004553 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004554 return Compatible;
4555
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004556 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4557 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004558
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004559 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004560 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004561 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004562 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004563 return Incompatible;
4564 }
4565
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004566 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4567 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4568 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004569
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004570 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004571 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004572 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4573 return Compatible;
4574 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004575 }
4576 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004577 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004578 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004579 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004580 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4581 return Compatible;
4582 }
4583 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4584 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4585 return Compatible;
4586 return Incompatible;
4587 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004588 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004589 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004590 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4591 return Compatible;
4592
4593 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004594 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004595
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004596 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004597 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004598
4599 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004600 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004601 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004602 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004603 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004604 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4605 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4606 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4607 return Compatible;
4608
4609 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4610 return PointerToInt;
4611
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004612 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004613 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004614 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4615 return Compatible;
4616 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004617 }
4618 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004619 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004620 return Compatible;
4621 return Incompatible;
4622 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004623
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004624 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004625 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004626 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004627 }
4628 return Incompatible;
4629}
4630
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004631/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4632/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004633static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004634 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4635 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4636 // of the transparent union.
4637 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4638 &E, 1,
4639 SourceLocation());
4640 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4641 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4642
4643 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4644 // union type from this initializer list.
4645 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4646 false);
4647}
4648
4649Sema::AssignConvertType
4650Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4651 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4652
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004653 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004654 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4655 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004656 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004657 return Incompatible;
4658
4659 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4660 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4661 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4662 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004663 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4664 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004665 it != itend; ++it) {
4666 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4667 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4668 // 1) void pointer
4669 // 2) null pointer constant
4670 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004671 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004672 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004673 InitField = *it;
4674 break;
4675 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004676
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004677 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4678 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004679 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004680 InitField = *it;
4681 break;
4682 }
4683 }
4684
4685 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4686 == Compatible) {
4687 InitField = *it;
4688 break;
4689 }
4690 }
4691
4692 if (!InitField)
4693 return Incompatible;
4694
4695 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4696 return Compatible;
4697}
4698
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004699Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004700Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004701 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4702 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4703 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4704 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4705 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004706 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004707 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004708 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004709 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004710 }
4711
4712 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4713 // structures.
4714 }
4715
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004716 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4717 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004718 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4719 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004720 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004721 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4722 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004723 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004724 return Compatible;
4725 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004726
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004727 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004728 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004729 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004730 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004731 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004732 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004733 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4734 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004735
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004736 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4737 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004738
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004739 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4740 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004741 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4742 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4743 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4744 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004745 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004746 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4747 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004748 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004749}
4750
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004751QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004752 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004753 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004754 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004755 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004756}
4757
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004758inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004759 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004760 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004761 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004762 QualType lhsType =
4763 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4764 QualType rhsType =
4765 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004766
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004767 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004768 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004769 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004770
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004771 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4772 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004773 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4774 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004775 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4776 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004777 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004778 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004779 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004780 }
4781 }
4782 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004783
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004784 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4785 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4786 bool swapped = false;
4787 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4788 swapped = true;
4789 std::swap(rex, lex);
4790 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4791 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004792
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004793 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004794 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004795 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4796 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4797 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004798 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004799 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4800 return lhsType;
4801 }
4802 }
4803 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4804 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4805 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004806 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004807 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4808 return lhsType;
4809 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004810 }
4811 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004812
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004813 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004814 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004815 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004816 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004817 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004818}
4819
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004820inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004821 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004822 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004823 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004824
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004825 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004826
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004827 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004828 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004829 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004830}
4831
4832inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004833 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004834 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4835 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4836 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4837 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4838 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004839
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004840 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004841
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004842 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004843 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004844 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004845}
4846
4847inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004848 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004849 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4850 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4851 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4852 return compType;
4853 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004854
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004855 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004856
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004857 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004858 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4859 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4860 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004861 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004862 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004863
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004864 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4865 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004866 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004867 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4868
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004869 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004870
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004871 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004872 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004873
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004874 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4875 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004876 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4877 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004878 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004879 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004880 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004881
4882 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4883 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4884 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004885 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004886 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4887 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4888 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4889 return QualType();
4890 }
4891
4892 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4893 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4894 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004895 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004896 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004897 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004898 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004899 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4900 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004901 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4902 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004903 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004904 return QualType();
4905 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004906 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4907 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4908 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4909 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4910 return QualType();
4911 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004912
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004913 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004914 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4915 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4916 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4917 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4918 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004919 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004920 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4921 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004922 return PExp->getType();
4923 }
4924 }
4925
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004926 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004927}
4928
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004929// C99 6.5.6
4930QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004931 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4932 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4933 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4934 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4935 return compType;
4936 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004937
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004938 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004939
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004940 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004941
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004942 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004943 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4944 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004945 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004946 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004947 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004948
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004949 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004950 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004951 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004952
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004953 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004954
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004955 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4956 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4957 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4958 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4959 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4960 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4961 return QualType();
4962 }
4963
4964 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4965 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4966 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4967 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004969 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004970 return QualType();
4971 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004972
4973 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4974 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4975 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004976 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004977 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004978 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004979 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004980 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004981
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004982 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4983 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4984 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4985 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4986 return QualType();
4987 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004988
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004989 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004990 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4991 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4992 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4993 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4994 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4995 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004996 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004997 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4998
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004999 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005000 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005001 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005002
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005003 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005004 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005005 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005006
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005007 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5008 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5009 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5010 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5011 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5012 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5013 return QualType();
5014 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005015
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005016 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5017 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5018 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5019 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005020 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005021 return QualType();
5022 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005023
5024 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5025 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5026 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5027 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5028 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005029 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5030 << rex->getSourceRange()
5031 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005032 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005033
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005034 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5035 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5036 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5037 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5038 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5039 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5040 return QualType();
5041 }
5042 } else {
5043 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5044 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5045 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5046 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5047 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5048 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5049 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5050 return QualType();
5051 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005052 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005053
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005054 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5055 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5056 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5057 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5058 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005059 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005060 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005061
5062 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005063 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5064 }
5065 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005066
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005067 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005068}
5069
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005070// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005071QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005072 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005073 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5074 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005075 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005076
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005077 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5078 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5079 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5080
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005081 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5082 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005083 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5084 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5085 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5086 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5087 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005088 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005089 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005090 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005091
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005092 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005093
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005094 // Sanity-check shift operands
5095 llvm::APSInt Right;
5096 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005097 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5098 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005099 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005100 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5101 else {
5102 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5103 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5104 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5105 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5106 }
5107 }
5108
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005109 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005110 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005111}
5112
John McCallbc021702010-01-04 22:35:07 +00005113/// Returns true if we can prove that the result of the given
5114/// integral expression will not have its sign bit set.
5115static bool IsSignBitProvablyZero(ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) {
5116 E = E->IgnoreParens();
5117
5118 llvm::APSInt value;
5119 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context))
5120 return value.isNonNegative();
5121
5122 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
5123 return IsSignBitProvablyZero(Context, CO->getLHS()) &&
5124 IsSignBitProvablyZero(Context, CO->getRHS());
5125
5126 return false;
5127}
5128
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005129/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
5130///
5131/// \param lex the left-hand expression
5132/// \param rex the right-hand expression
5133/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005134/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
5135/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005136void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005137 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCall7d62a8f2009-11-06 18:16:06 +00005138 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00005139 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
John McCall7d62a8f2009-11-06 18:16:06 +00005140 return;
5141
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005142 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
5143
5144 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
5145 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
5146 return;
5147
Sebastian Redl732429c2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00005148 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
5149 // chance at instantiation time.
5150 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
5151 return;
5152
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005153 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
5154 // signed operand.
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005155 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005156 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
5157 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5158 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005159 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005160 } else {
5161 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5162 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005163 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005164 }
5165
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005166 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005167 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
5168 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005169 // of the comparison will be exact.
5170 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
5171 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
5172 return;
5173
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005174 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
5175 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
John McCallbc021702010-01-04 22:35:07 +00005176 if (IsSignBitProvablyZero(Context, signedOperand))
5177 return;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005178
John McCallbc021702010-01-04 22:35:07 +00005179 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
5180 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
5181 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
5182 // change the result of the comparison.
5183 if (Equality && IsSignBitProvablyZero(Context, unsignedOperand))
5184 return;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005185
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005186 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005187 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5188 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5189}
5190
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005191// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005192QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005193 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5194 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5195
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005196 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005197 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005198 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005199
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005200 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
5201 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005202
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005203 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005204 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5205 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5206 else {
5207 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5208 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5209 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005210 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5211 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005212
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005213 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5214 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005215 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5216 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5217 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005218 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005219 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005220 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5221 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5222 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5223 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005224 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5225 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005226 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005227
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005228 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5229 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5230 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5231 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005232
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005233 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5234 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005235 Expr *literalString = 0;
5236 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005237 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005238 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5239 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005240 literalString = lex;
5241 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005242 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5243 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005244 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5245 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005246 literalString = rex;
5247 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5248 }
5249
5250 if (literalString) {
5251 std::string resultComparison;
5252 switch (Opc) {
5253 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5254 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5255 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5256 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5257 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5258 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5259 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5260 }
5261 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
5262 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5263 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00005264 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5265 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5266 "strcmp(")
5267 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5268 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005269 resultComparison);
5270 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005271 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005272
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005273 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005274 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005275
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005276 if (isRelational) {
5277 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005278 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005279 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005280 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005281 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005282 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005283
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005284 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005285 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005286 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005287
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005288 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5289 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5290 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5291 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005292
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005293 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5294 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5295 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005296 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005297 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005298 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005299 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005300 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005301
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005302 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005303 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5304 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005305 if (!isRelational &&
5306 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5307 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5308 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5309 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5310 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5311 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5312 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5313 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5314 return ResultTy;
5315 }
5316 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005317 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5318 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5319 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5320 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5321 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5322 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005323 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005324 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00005325 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005326 if (T.isNull()) {
5327 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5328 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5329 return QualType();
5330 }
5331
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005332 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5333 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005334 return ResultTy;
5335 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005336 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5337 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5338 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5339 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5340 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5341 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5342 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5343 }
5344 } else if (!isRelational &&
5345 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5346 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5347 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5348 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5349 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5350 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5351 }
5352 } else {
5353 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005354 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005355 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005356 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005357 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005358 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005359 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005360 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005361
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005362 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005363 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005364 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005365 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005366 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5367 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005368 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005369 return ResultTy;
5370 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005371 if (LHSIsNull &&
5372 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5373 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005374 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005375 return ResultTy;
5376 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005377
5378 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005379 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005380 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5381 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005382 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5383 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5384 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5385 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5386 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5387 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5388 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5389 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005390 // types.
5391 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
5392 if (T.isNull()) {
5393 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5394 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5395 return QualType();
5396 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005397
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005398 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5399 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005400 return ResultTy;
5401 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005402
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005403 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005404 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5405 return ResultTy;
5406 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005407
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005408 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005409 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005410 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5411 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005412
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005413 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005414 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005415 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005416 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005417 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005418 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005419 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005420 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005421 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005422 if (!isRelational
5423 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5424 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005425 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005426 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005427 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005428 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005429 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5430 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5431 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005432 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005433 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005434 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005435 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005436
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005437 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005438 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005439 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5440 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005441 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005442 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005443 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005444 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005445
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005446 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5447 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005448 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005449 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005450 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005451 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005452 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005453 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005454 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005455 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005456 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5457 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005458 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005459 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005460 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005461 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005462 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005463 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5464 if (RHSIsNull) {
5465 if (isRelational)
5466 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5467 } else if (isRelational)
5468 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5469 else
5470 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005471
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005472 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005473 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005474 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005475 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005476 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005477 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005478 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005479 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005480 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5481 if (LHSIsNull) {
5482 if (isRelational)
5483 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5484 } else if (isRelational)
5485 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5486 else
5487 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005488
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005489 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005490 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005491 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005492 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005493 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005494 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005495 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005496 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005497 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5498 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005499 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005500 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005501 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005502 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5503 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005504 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005505 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005506 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005507 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005508}
5509
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005510/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005511/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005512/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5513/// types.
5514QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005515 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005516 bool isRelational) {
5517 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5518 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005519 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005520 if (vType.isNull())
5521 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005522
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005523 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5524 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005525
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005526 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5527 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5528 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5529 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5530 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5531 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5532 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005533 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005534 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005535
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005536 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5537 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5538 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005539 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005540 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005541
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005542 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5543 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5544 // elements for floating point vectors.
5545 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5546 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005547
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005548 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005549 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005550 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005551 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005552 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005553 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5554
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005555 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005556 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005557 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5558}
5559
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005560inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005561 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005562 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005563 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005564
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005565 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005566
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005567 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005568 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005569 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005570}
5571
5572inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005573 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005574 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5575 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5576 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005577
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005578 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5579 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005580
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005581 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005582 }
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005583
5584 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5585 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5586 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5587 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5588 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5589 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5590 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005591
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005592 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005593 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005594 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5595
5596 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5597 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5598 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5599 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5600
5601 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005602 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005603 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5604
5605 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5606 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5607 // The result is a bool.
5608 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005609}
5610
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005611/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5612/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5613/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5614///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005615static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005616 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5617 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5618 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5619 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005620 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005621 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5622 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5623 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5624 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005625 }
5626 }
5627 return false;
5628}
5629
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005630/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5631/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5632static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005633 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005634 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005635 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005636 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5637 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005638 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5639 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005640
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005641 unsigned Diag = 0;
5642 bool NeedType = false;
5643 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5644 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5645 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005646 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005647 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5648 NeedType = true;
5649 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005650 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005651 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5652 NeedType = true;
5653 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005654 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005655 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5656 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005657 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005658 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5659 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005660 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5661 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005662 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005663 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5664 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005665 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005666 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5667 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005668 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005669 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5670 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005671 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5672 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5673 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005674 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5675 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5676 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005677 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5678 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5679 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005680 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005681
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005682 SourceRange Assign;
5683 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5684 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005685 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005686 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005687 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005688 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005689 return true;
5690}
5691
5692
5693
5694// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005695QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5696 SourceLocation Loc,
5697 QualType CompoundType) {
5698 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5699 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005700 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005701
5702 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5703 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005704
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005705 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005706 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005707 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005708 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005709 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5710 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5711 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005712 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005713 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005714 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005715 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005716
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005717 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5718 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5719 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005720 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005721 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5722 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5723 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5724 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5725 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005726 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005727 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005728 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5729 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5730 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005731 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5732 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005733 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5734 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5735 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005736 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005737 }
5738 } else {
5739 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005740 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005741 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005742
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005743 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005744 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005745 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005746
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005747 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5748 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005749 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005750 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5751 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005752 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005753 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005754 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005755}
5756
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005757// C99 6.5.17
5758QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005759 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005760 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005761
5762 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5763 // incomplete in C++).
5764
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005765 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005766}
5767
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005768/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5769/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005770QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5771 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005772 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5773 return Context.DependentTy;
5774
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005775 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5776 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005777
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005778 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5779 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5780 if (!isInc) {
5781 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5782 return QualType();
5783 }
5784 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5785 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5786 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005787 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005788 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5789 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005790
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005791 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005792 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005793 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5794 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5795 << Op->getSourceRange();
5796 return QualType();
5797 }
5798
5799 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005800 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005801 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005802 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5803 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5804 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5805 return QualType();
5806 }
5807
5808 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005809 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005810 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005811 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005812 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005813 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005814 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005815 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5816 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5817 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5818 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5819 return QualType();
5820 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005821 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005822 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5823 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005824 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005825 } else {
5826 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005827 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005828 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005829 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005830 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005831 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005832 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005833 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005834 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005835}
5836
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005837/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005838/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005839/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5840/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5841/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5842/// - &(x) => x
5843/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5844/// - &s.xx => s
5845/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5846/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5847/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5848/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005849static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005850 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005851 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005852 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005853 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005854 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5855 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5856 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005857 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005858 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005859 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005860 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005861 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005862 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5863 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005864 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5865 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5866 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5867 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5868 }
5869 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005870 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005871 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5872 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005873
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005874 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005875 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5876 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5877 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5878 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5879 default:
5880 return 0;
5881 }
5882 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005883 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005884 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005885 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005886 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5887 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005888 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005889 default:
5890 return 0;
5891 }
5892}
5893
5894/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005895/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005896/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005897/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005898/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005899/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005900/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005901QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005902 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5903 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5904
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005905 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5906 return Context.DependentTy;
5907
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005908 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5909 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5910 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5911 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5912 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5913 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5914 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5915 }
5916 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5917 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5918 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005919 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005920 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005921
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005922 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5923 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005924 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005925 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005926 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005927 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5928 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005929 return QualType();
5930 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005931 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005932 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5933 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5934 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005935 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005936 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5937 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005938 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005939 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005940 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005941 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005942 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5943 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5944 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5945 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5946 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005947 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5948 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005949 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5950 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005951 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5952 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005953 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005954 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005955 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5956 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
5957 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005958 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5959 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005960 return QualType();
5961 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005962 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005963 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005964 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005965 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005966 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5967 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005968 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005969 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005970 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5971 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005972 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005973 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5974 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5975 return QualType();
5976 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005977
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005978 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5979 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005980 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005981 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005982 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005983 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005984 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005985 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5986 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005987 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5988 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5989 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005990 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005991 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005992
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005993 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5994 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5995 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5996 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5997 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5998 }
5999
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006000 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
6001 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6002}
6003
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006004QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006005 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6006 return Context.DependentTy;
6007
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006008 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6009 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006010
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006011 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6012 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6013 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6014 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006015 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006016 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006017
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006018 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006019 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006020
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006021 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006022 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006023 return QualType();
6024}
6025
6026static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6027 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6028 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6029 switch (Kind) {
6030 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006031 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6032 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006033 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6034 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6035 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6036 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6037 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6038 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6039 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6040 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6041 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6042 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6043 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6044 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6045 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6046 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6047 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6048 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6049 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6050 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6051 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6052 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6053 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6054 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6055 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6056 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6057 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6058 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6059 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6060 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6061 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6062 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6063 }
6064 return Opc;
6065}
6066
6067static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6068 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6069 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6070 switch (Kind) {
6071 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6072 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6073 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6074 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6075 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6076 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6077 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6078 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6079 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006080 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6081 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6082 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6083 }
6084 return Opc;
6085}
6086
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006087/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6088/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6089/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006090Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6091 unsigned Op,
6092 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006093 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006094 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006095 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6096 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6097 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006098
6099 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006100 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6101 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6102 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006103 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6104 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6105 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6106 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6107 break;
6108 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006109 case BinaryOperator::Div:
6110 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6111 break;
6112 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6113 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6114 break;
6115 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6116 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6117 break;
6118 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6119 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6120 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006121 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006122 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6123 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6124 break;
6125 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6126 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6127 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6128 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006129 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006130 break;
6131 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6132 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006133 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006134 break;
6135 case BinaryOperator::And:
6136 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6137 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6138 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6139 break;
6140 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6141 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6142 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6143 break;
6144 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6145 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006146 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6147 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6148 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6149 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006150 break;
6151 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006152 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6153 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6154 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6155 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006156 break;
6157 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006158 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6159 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6160 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006161 break;
6162 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006163 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6164 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6165 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006166 break;
6167 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6168 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006169 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6170 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6171 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6172 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006173 break;
6174 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6175 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6176 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006177 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6178 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6179 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6180 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006181 break;
6182 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6183 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6184 break;
6185 }
6186 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006187 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006188 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006189 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6190 else
6191 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006192 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6193 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006194}
6195
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006196/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6197/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006198static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6199 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
6200 SourceRange ParenRange)
6201{
6202 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6203 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6204 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6205 // warning/error and return.
6206 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6207 return;
6208 }
6209
6210 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6211 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6212 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6213}
6214
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006215/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6216/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6217/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6218/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006219static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6220 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006221 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6222 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6223 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6224 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006225 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006226 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006227 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6228
6229 // Subs are not binary operators.
6230 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6231 return;
6232
6233 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6234 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006235 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6236 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006237 return;
6238
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006239 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006240 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6241 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006242 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6243 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6244 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6245 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006246 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6247 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006248 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6249 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6250 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006251}
6252
6253/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6254/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6255/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6256static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6257 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006258 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006259 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6260}
6261
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006262// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006263Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6264 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6265 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006266 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006267 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006268
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006269 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6270 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006271
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006272 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6273 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6274
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006275 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6276}
6277
6278Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6279 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6280 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006281 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006282 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006283 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6284 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6285 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6286 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6287 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00006288 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006289 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6290 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006291 if (S)
6292 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6293 Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006294 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006295 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006296 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006297 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00006298 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006299
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006300 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6301 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006302 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006303 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006304
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006305 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006306 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006307}
6308
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006309Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006310 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006311 ExprArg InputArg) {
6312 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006313
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006314 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006315 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006316 QualType resultType;
6317 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006318 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6319 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6320 break;
6321
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006322 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6323 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006324 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6325 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006326 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006327 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6328 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006329 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006330 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006331 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6332 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006333 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00006334 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006335 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6336 break;
6337 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6338 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006339 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6340 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006341 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6342 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006343 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6344 break;
6345 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6346 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6347 break;
6348 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6349 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6350 resultType->isPointerType())
6351 break;
6352
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006353 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6354 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006355 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006356 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6357 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006358 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6359 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006360 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6361 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6362 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006363 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006364 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006365 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006366 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6367 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006368 break;
6369 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6370 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006371 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
6372 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006373 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6374 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006375 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006376 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6377 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006378 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006379 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6380 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006381 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006382 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006383 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006384 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006385 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006386 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006387 resultType = Input->getType();
6388 break;
6389 }
6390 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006391 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006392
6393 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006394 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006395}
6396
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006397Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6398 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6399 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006400 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006401 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6402 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006403 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6404 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6405 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6406 // the arguments.
6407 FunctionSet Functions;
6408 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6409 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006410 if (S)
6411 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6412 Functions);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006413 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006414 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006415 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006416 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006417
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006418 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6419 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006420
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006421 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6422}
6423
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006424// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6425Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6426 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6427 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6428}
6429
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006430/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006431Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6432 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6433 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006434 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006435 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006436
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006437 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6438 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006439 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006440 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006441
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006442 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006443 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6444 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006445}
6446
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006447Sema::OwningExprResult
6448Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6449 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6450 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006451 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6452 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6453
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006454 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006455 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006456 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006457
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006458 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6459 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6460 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006461
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006462 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6463 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6464 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006465
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006466 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6467 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6468 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6469 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6470 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006471
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006472 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006473 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006474 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006475
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006476 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6477 // expressions are not lvalues.
6478
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006479 substmt.release();
6480 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006481}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006482
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006483Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6484 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6485 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6486 TypeTy *argty,
6487 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6488 unsigned NumComponents,
6489 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6490 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6491 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006492 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6493 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006494 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006495
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006496 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6497
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006498 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6499 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6500 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006501 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006502 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006503
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006504 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6505 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006506
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006507 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6508 // the offsetof designators.
6509 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6510 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006511 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006512 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006513
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006514 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6515 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006516 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6517 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006518 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006519 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6520 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006521
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006522 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006523 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006524
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006525 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6526 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6527 return ExprError();
6528
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006529 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6530 // leaks like a sieve.
6531 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6532 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6533 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6534 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6535 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6536 if (!AT) {
6537 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006538 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6539 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006540 }
6541
6542 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6543
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006544 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6545 // expression.
6546 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6547
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006548 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6549 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006550 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006551 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006552 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006553 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006554 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006555
6556 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6557 OC.LocEnd);
6558 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006559 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006560
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006561 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006562 if (!RC) {
6563 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006564 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6565 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006566 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006567
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006568 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6569 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006570 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006571 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6572 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6573 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6574 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6575 << Res->getType()))
6576 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006577 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006578
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006579 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6580 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006581
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006582 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006583 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006584 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006585 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6586 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006587
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006588 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6589 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006590 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006591 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006592 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006593 } else {
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00006594 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006595 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6596 // doesn't matter here.
6597 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6598 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6599 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006600 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006601 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006602
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006603 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6604 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006605}
6606
6607
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006608Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6609 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6610 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006611 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6612 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6613 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006614
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006615 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006616
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006617 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6618 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6619 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6620 return ExprError();
6621 }
6622
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006623 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6624 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006625}
6626
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006627Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6628 ExprArg cond,
6629 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6630 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6631 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6632 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6633 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006634
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006635 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6636
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006637 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006638 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006639 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006640 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006641 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006642 } else {
6643 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6644 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6645 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6646 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006647 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6648 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6649 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006650
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006651 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6652 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006653 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6654 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006655 }
6656
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006657 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6658 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006659 resType, RPLoc,
6660 resType->isDependentType(),
6661 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006662}
6663
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006664//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6665// Clang Extensions.
6666//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6667
6668/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006669void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006670 // Analyze block parameters.
6671 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006672
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006673 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6674 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6675 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006676
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006677 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006678 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006679 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006680 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006681 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6682 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006683
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006684 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Ted Kremenek3cdff232009-12-07 22:01:30 +00006685 CurContext->addDecl(BSI->TheDecl);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006686 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006687}
6688
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006689void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006690 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006691
6692 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6693 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006694 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006695 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6696
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006697 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6698 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6699 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6700 return;
6701 }
6702
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006703 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6704 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6705 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6706
6707 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6708 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006709 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006710 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006711 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006712 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006713 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6714 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006715 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006716
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006717 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6718 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6719 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6720 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6721 return;
6722 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006723 return;
6724 }
6725
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006726 // Analyze arguments to block.
6727 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6728 "Not a function declarator!");
6729 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006730
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006731 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6732 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006733
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006734 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6735 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6736 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6737 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006738 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6739 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006740 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006741 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006742 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6743 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006744 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006745 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006746 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006747 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006748 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006749 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006750 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006751 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6752 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6753 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6754 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6755 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006756
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006757 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006758 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006759 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006760 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006761 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006762 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6763 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006764
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006765 // Analyze the return type.
6766 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006767 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006768
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006769 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6770 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6771 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6772 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6773 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006774 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006775}
6776
6777/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6778/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6779void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6780 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6781 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006782
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006783 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6784
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006785 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006786 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006787 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006788 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006789}
6790
6791/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6792/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006793Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6794 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006795 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6796 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6797 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006798
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006799 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6800 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006801
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006802 PopDeclContext();
6803
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006804 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6805 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006806
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006807 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006808 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6809 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006810
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006811 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6812 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6813 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006814
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006815 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006816 QualType BlockTy;
6817 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006818 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6819 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006820 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006821 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006822 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6823 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006824
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006825 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006826 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006827 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006828
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006829 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6830 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6831 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6832 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006833
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006834 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006835 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006836 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6837 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006838}
6839
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006840Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6841 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6842 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006843 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006844 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6845 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006846
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006847 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006848
6849 // Get the va_list type
6850 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006851 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6852 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6853 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6854 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006855 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006856 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6857 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6858 } else {
6859 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6860 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006861 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006862 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006863 return ExprError();
6864 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006865
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006866 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6867 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006868 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6869 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006870 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006871 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006872
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006873 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006874 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006875
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006876 expr.release();
6877 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6878 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006879}
6880
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006881Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006882 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6883 // pointers on the target.
6884 QualType Ty;
6885 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6886 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6887 else
6888 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6889
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006890 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006891}
6892
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006893static void
6894MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6895 QualType DstType,
6896 Expr *SrcExpr,
6897 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6898 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6899 return;
6900
6901 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6902 if (!PT)
6903 return;
6904
6905 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6906 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6907 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6908 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6909 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6910 return;
6911 }
6912
6913 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6914 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6915 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6916 return;
6917
6918 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6919}
6920
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006921bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6922 SourceLocation Loc,
6923 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006924 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006925 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6926 bool isInvalid = false;
6927 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006928 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6929
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006930 switch (ConvTy) {
6931 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6932 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006933 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006934 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6935 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006936 case IntToPointer:
6937 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6938 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006939 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006940 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006941 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6942 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006943 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6944 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6945 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006946 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6947 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6948 break;
6949 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006950 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6951 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6952 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6953 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6954 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6955 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6956 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6957 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6958 // C++ semantics.
6959 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6960 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6961 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006962 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6963 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006964 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006965 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006966 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006967 case IntToBlockPointer:
6968 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6969 break;
6970 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006971 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006972 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006973 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006974 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006975 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6976 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6977 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006978 case IncompatibleVectors:
6979 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6980 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006981 case Incompatible:
6982 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6983 isInvalid = true;
6984 break;
6985 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006986
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006987 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006988 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006989 return isInvalid;
6990}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006991
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006992bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006993 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6994 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6995 if (Result)
6996 *Result = ICEResult;
6997 return false;
6998 }
6999
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007000 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7001
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007002 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007003 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7004 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7005
7006 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7007 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7008 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7009 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7010 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7011 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7012 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007013
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007014 return true;
7015 }
7016
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007017 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7018 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007019
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007020 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7021 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7022 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007023
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007024 if (Result)
7025 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7026 return false;
7027}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007028
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007029void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007030Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007031 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7032 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007033}
7034
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007035void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007036Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7037 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7038 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7039 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007040
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007041 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7042 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7043 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7044 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7045 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
7046 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
7047 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7048 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7049 I != IEnd; ++I)
7050 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7051 }
7052
7053 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7054 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7055 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7056 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7057 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7058 I != IEnd; ++I)
7059 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7060 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007061 }
7062
7063 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7064 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7065 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7066 // will never be constructed.
7067 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
7068 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7069 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7070 ExprTemporaries.end());
7071
7072 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7073 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007074}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007075
7076/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7077///
7078/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7079/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7080/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7081/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7082///
7083/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7084///
7085/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7086void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7087 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007088
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007089 if (D->isUsed())
7090 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007091
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007092 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7093 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7094 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7095 // -Wunused-parameters)
7096 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
7097 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007098 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007099
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007100 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7101 // an instantiation.
7102 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7103 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007104
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007105 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007106 case Unevaluated:
7107 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7108 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007109
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007110 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7111 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7112 // "used"; handle this below.
7113 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007114
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007115 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7116 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7117 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7118 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007119 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007120 return;
7121 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007122
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007123 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007124 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007125 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007126 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7127 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7128 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007129 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007130 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007131 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7132 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7133 }
Anders Carlssond6a637f2009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007134
7135 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007136 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7137 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7138 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007139
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007140 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7141 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7142 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7143 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7144 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7145 }
7146 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007147 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007148 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007149 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007150 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007151 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7152 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7153 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7154 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7155 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007156 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7157 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007158 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7159 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
7160 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7161 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7162 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007163 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7164 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007165 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7166 }
7167
7168 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
7169 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
7170 }
7171
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007172 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007173 Function->setUsed(true);
7174 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007175 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007176
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007177 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007178 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007179 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007180 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7181 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7182 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7183 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7184 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7185 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7186 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7187 }
7188 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007189
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007190 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007191
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007192 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007193 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007194 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007195}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007196
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007197/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7198/// of the program being compiled.
7199///
7200/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
7201/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
7202/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7203/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7204/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7205/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
7206/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
7207/// later.
7208///
7209/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7210/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7211/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7212/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
7213bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
7214 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7215 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7216 case Unevaluated:
7217 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7218 break;
7219
7220 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7221 Diag(Loc, PD);
7222 return true;
7223
7224 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7225 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7226 break;
7227 }
7228
7229 return false;
7230}
7231
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007232bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7233 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7234 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7235 return false;
7236
7237 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7238 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7239 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7240 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
7241
7242 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7243 FD ?
7244 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7245 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7246 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7247 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7248 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7249 return true;
7250
7251 return false;
7252}
7253
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007254// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7255// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7256void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7257 SourceLocation Loc;
7258
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007259 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7260
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007261 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7262 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7263 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7264 return;
7265
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007266 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7267 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7268 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7269 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7270
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007271 // self = [<foo> init...]
7272 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7273 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7274 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7275
7276 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7277 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7278 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7279 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7280 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007281
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007282 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7283 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7284 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7285 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7286 return;
7287
7288 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7289 } else {
7290 // Not an assignment.
7291 return;
7292 }
7293
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007294 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007295 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007296
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007297 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007298 << E->getSourceRange()
7299 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7300 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
7301}
7302
7303bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7304 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7305
7306 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
7307 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
7308
7309 QualType T = E->getType();
7310
7311 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7312 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7313 return true;
7314 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7315 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7316 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7317 return true;
7318 }
7319 }
7320
7321 return false;
7322}